mozilla
/
gecko-dev
зеркало из https://github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev.git
1
0
Форкнуть 0
Код Задачи Пакеты Проекты Релизы Вики Активность

Bug 1750760 Create ffmpeg59 module for ffmpeg5.0 r=alwu 

Differential Revision: https://phabricator.services.mozilla.com/D139696
This commit is contained in:
stransky 2022-03-07 18:06:46 +00:00
Родитель 406627acab
Коммит 8bffbcd790
36 изменённых файлов: 13628 добавлений и 0 удалений
Показать статистику Скачать Patch файл Скачать Diff файл Показать все файлы Свернуть все файлы

504
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

3204
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

Разница между файлами не показана из-за своего большого размера Загрузить разницу

119
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avfft.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_fft
* FFT functions
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
* @ingroup lavc_misc
*
* @{
*/
typedef float FFTSample;
typedef struct FFTComplex {
FFTSample re, im;
} FFTComplex;
typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
/**
* Set up a complex FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the
* inverse
*/
FFTContext* av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
/**
* Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
*/
void av_fft_permute(FFTContext* s, FFTComplex* z);
/**
* Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
* input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
*/
void av_fft_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTComplex* z);
void av_fft_end(FFTContext* s);
FFTContext* av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input);
void av_imdct_half(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input);
void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input);
void av_mdct_end(FFTContext* s);
/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
enum RDFTransformType {
DFT_R2C,
IDFT_C2R,
IDFT_R2C,
DFT_C2R,
};
typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
/**
* Set up a real FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param trans the type of transform
*/
RDFTContext* av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext* s, FFTSample* data);
void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext* s);
/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
enum DCTTransformType {
DCT_II = 0,
DCT_III,
DCT_I,
DST_I,
};
/**
* Set up DCT.
*
* @param nbits size of the input array:
* (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
* (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
* @param type the type of transform
*
* @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
*/
DCTContext* av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
void av_dct_calc(DCTContext* s, FFTSample* data);
void av_dct_end(DCTContext* s);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */

320
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/bsf.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
/*
* Bitstream filters public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H
#define AVCODEC_BSF_H
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "codec_id.h"
#include "codec_par.h"
#include "packet.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
/**
* The bitstream filter state.
*
* This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with
* av_bsf_free().
*
* The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the
* filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered
* immutable otherwise.
*/
typedef struct AVBSFContext {
/**
* A class for logging and AVOptions
*/
const AVClass* av_class;
/**
* The bitstream filter this context is an instance of.
*/
const struct AVBitStreamFilter* filter;
/**
* Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL,
* this is an AVOptions-enabled struct.
*/
void* priv_data;
/**
* Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in
* av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before
* av_bsf_init().
*/
AVCodecParameters* par_in;
/**
* Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in
* av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init().
*/
AVCodecParameters* par_out;
/**
* The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the
* caller before av_bsf_init().
*/
AVRational time_base_in;
/**
* The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the
* filter in av_bsf_init().
*/
AVRational time_base_out;
} AVBSFContext;
typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter {
const char* name;
/**
* A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by
* AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
* May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id.
*/
const enum AVCodecID* codec_ids;
/**
* A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private
* AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare
* any options.
*
* If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
* must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic
* code to this class.
*/
const AVClass* priv_class;
/*****************************************************************
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
* may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
* removed at will.
* New public fields should be added right above.
*****************************************************************
*/
int priv_data_size;
int (*init)(AVBSFContext* ctx);
int (*filter)(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt);
void (*close)(AVBSFContext* ctx);
void (*flush)(AVBSFContext* ctx);
} AVBitStreamFilter;
/**
* @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such
* bitstream filter exists.
*/
const AVBitStreamFilter* av_bsf_get_by_name(const char* name);
/**
* Iterate over all registered bitstream filters.
*
* @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
*
* @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is
* finished
*/
const AVBitStreamFilter* av_bsf_iterate(void** opaque);
/**
* Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the
* context parameters as described in the documentation and then call
* av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter.
*
* @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance.
* @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context
* will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the
* filtering is done.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter* filter, AVBSFContext** ctx);
/**
* Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
* set.
*/
int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext* ctx);
/**
* Submit a packet for filtering.
*
* After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling
* av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
* AVERROR_EOF.
*
* @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
* the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error
* occurs. If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and
* pkt->side_data_elems zero), it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more
* non-empty packets will be sent; sending more empty packets does nothing) and
* will cause the filter to output any packets it may have buffered internally.
*
* @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from
* the filter (using av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed.
* Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs.
*/
int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt);
/**
* Retrieve a filtered packet.
*
* @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
* packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
* av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.
* This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated
* with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref())
* when this function is called. If this function returns
* successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely
* overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not
* touched.
*
* @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the
* filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there
* will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if
* an error occurs.
*
* @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending
* a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called
* repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to
* output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call.
*/
int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt);
/**
* Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when
* seeking.
*/
void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext* ctx);
/**
* Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL
* into the supplied pointer.
*/
void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext** ctx);
/**
* Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
*
* @see av_opt_find().
*/
const AVClass* av_bsf_get_class(void);
/**
* Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters.
* Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList;
/**
* Allocate empty list of bitstream filters.
* The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free()
* or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize().
*
* @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure
*/
AVBSFList* av_bsf_list_alloc(void);
/**
* Free list of bitstream filters.
*
* @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc()
*/
void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList** lst);
/**
* Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters.
*
* @param lst List to append to
* @param bsf Filter context to be appended
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList* lst, AVBSFContext* bsf);
/**
* Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options
* and append it to the list of bitstream filters.
*
* @param lst List to append to
* @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter
* @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList* lst, const char* bsf_name,
AVDictionary** options);
/**
* Finalize list of bitstream filters.
*
* This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext,
* so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter
* freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
* If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst
* will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for
* freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free()
*
* @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed
* @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext
* structure representing the chain of bitstream filters
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList** lst, AVBSFContext** bsf);
/**
* Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single
* @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters.
* Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext
* freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
*
* @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format
* `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]`
* @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext
* structure representing the chain of bitstream filters
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char* str, AVBSFContext** bsf);
/**
* Get null/pass-through bitstream filter.
*
* @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream
* filter
*
* @return
*/
int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext** bsf);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H

513
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
/*
* AVCodec public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h"
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
/**
* Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0)
/**
* Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and
* supports custom allocators.
* If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or
* use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by
* avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1)
#if FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED
/**
* @deprecated Use parsers to always send proper frames.
*/
# define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3)
#endif
/**
* Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
* give the complete and correct output.
*
* NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
* with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
* or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
* unless this flag is set.
*
* Decoders:
* The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
* avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
* returns frames.
*
* Encoders:
* The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
* encoder no longer returns data.
*
* NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
* flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
* each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
* be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5)
/**
* Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
* This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6)
/**
* Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
* Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
* are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
* This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
* bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
* operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus
* may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
* prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
* as a last resort.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8)
/**
* Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
* encoders
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9)
/**
* Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of
* container
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10)
/**
* Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12)
/**
* Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13)
/**
* Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14)
/**
* Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or
* frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around
* multithreading-capable external libraries.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15)
#if FF_API_AUTO_THREADS
# define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS
#endif
/**
* Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
/**
* Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
* This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
* It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
* or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
* the stream.
* A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
* choice for probing.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17)
#if FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS
/**
* Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead
*/
# define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000
/**
* Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead
*/
# define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000
#endif
/**
* Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
* identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
* avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18)
/**
* Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
* necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
* implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19)
/**
* This codec takes the reordered_opaque field from input AVFrames
* and returns it in the corresponding field in AVCodecContext after
* encoding.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20)
/**
* This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is
* not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames
* remain pending.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21)
/**
* AVProfile.
*/
typedef struct AVProfile {
int profile;
const char* name; ///< short name for the profile
} AVProfile;
typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault;
struct AVCodecContext;
struct AVSubtitle;
struct AVPacket;
/**
* AVCodec.
*/
typedef struct AVCodec {
/**
* Name of the codec implementation.
* The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
* encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
* This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
*/
const char* name;
/**
* Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
* You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
*/
const char* long_name;
enum AVMediaType type;
enum AVCodecID id;
/**
* Codec capabilities.
* see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
*/
int capabilities;
uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
const AVRational*
supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any,
///< array is terminated by {0,0}
const enum AVPixelFormat*
pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown,
///< array is terminated by -1
const int*
supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL
///< if unknown, array is terminated by 0
const enum AVSampleFormat*
sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown,
///< array is terminated by -1
const uint64_t*
channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if
///< unknown. array is terminated by 0
const AVClass* priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
const AVProfile*
profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is
///< terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
/**
* Group name of the codec implementation.
* This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
* wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
* as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
* the hardware.
* If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
* If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
* (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>").
*/
const char* wrapper_name;
/*****************************************************************
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
* may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
* removed at will.
* New public fields should be added right above.
*****************************************************************
*/
/**
* Internal codec capabilities.
* See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h
*/
int caps_internal;
int priv_data_size;
/**
* @name Frame-level threading support functions
* @{
*/
/**
* Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the
* current one. If not defined, the next thread will start automatically;
* otherwise, the codec must call ff_thread_finish_setup().
*
* dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy
* should be skipped.
*/
int (*update_thread_context)(struct AVCodecContext* dst,
const struct AVCodecContext* src);
/**
* Copy variables back to the user-facing context
*/
int (*update_thread_context_for_user)(struct AVCodecContext* dst,
const struct AVCodecContext* src);
/** @} */
/**
* Private codec-specific defaults.
*/
const AVCodecDefault* defaults;
/**
* Initialize codec static data, called from av_codec_iterate().
*
* This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is
* run for every codec regardless of that codec being used.
*/
void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec* codec);
int (*init)(struct AVCodecContext*);
int (*encode_sub)(struct AVCodecContext*, uint8_t* buf, int buf_size,
const struct AVSubtitle* sub);
/**
* Encode data to an AVPacket.
*
* @param avctx codec context
* @param avpkt output AVPacket
* @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded
* @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a
* non-empty packet was returned in avpkt.
* @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
*/
int (*encode2)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, struct AVPacket* avpkt,
const struct AVFrame* frame, int* got_packet_ptr);
/**
* Decode picture or subtitle data.
*
* @param avctx codec context
* @param outdata codec type dependent output struct
* @param[out] got_frame_ptr decoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a
* non-empty frame or subtitle was returned in
* outdata.
* @param[in] avpkt AVPacket containing the data to be decoded
* @return amount of bytes read from the packet on success, negative error
* code on failure
*/
int (*decode)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, void* outdata, int* got_frame_ptr,
struct AVPacket* avpkt);
int (*close)(struct AVCodecContext*);
/**
* Encode API with decoupled frame/packet dataflow. This function is called
* to get one output packet. It should call ff_encode_get_frame() to obtain
* input data.
*/
int (*receive_packet)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, struct AVPacket* avpkt);
/**
* Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called
* to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain
* input data.
*/
int (*receive_frame)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, struct AVFrame* frame);
/**
* Flush buffers.
* Will be called when seeking
*/
void (*flush)(struct AVCodecContext*);
/**
* Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to
* packets before decoding.
*/
const char* bsfs;
/**
* Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec,
* or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL
* pointer.
*
* The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config().
*/
const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal* const* hw_configs;
/**
* List of supported codec_tags, terminated by FF_CODEC_TAGS_END.
*/
const uint32_t* codec_tags;
} AVCodec;
/**
* Iterate over all registered codecs.
*
* @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
*
* @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
* finished
*/
const AVCodec* av_codec_iterate(void** opaque);
/**
* Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
*
* @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
* @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec* avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
*
* @param name name of the requested decoder
* @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec* avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char* name);
/**
* Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
*
* @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
* @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec* avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
*
* @param name name of the requested encoder
* @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec* avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char* name);
/**
* @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
*/
int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec* codec);
/**
* @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
*/
int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec* codec);
/**
* Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
*
* @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
* @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
* @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const char* av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec* codec, int profile);
enum {
/**
* The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
*
* When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
* have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
* avcodec_open2().
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
/**
* The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
*
* When selecting this format for a decoder,
* AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
* context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context
* must have been created on a device of the specified type.
*
* When selecting this format for an encoder,
* AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which
* will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2().
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
/**
* The codec supports this format by some internal method.
*
* This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
* no device or frames context is required.
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04,
/**
* The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
*
* Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the
* codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring
* this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
* used in preference.)
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08,
};
typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
/**
* For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be
* able to decode to if suitable hardware is available.
*
* For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to
* accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel
* formats supported by the codec.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
/**
* Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
* setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
*/
int methods;
/**
* The device type associated with the configuration.
*
* Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
* AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
} AVCodecHWConfig;
/**
* Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
*
* Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
* descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support
* any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
*/
const AVCodecHWConfig* avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec* codec, int index);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */

128
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* Codec descriptors public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "codec_id.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
/**
* This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
* AVCodecID.
* @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
*/
typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
enum AVCodecID id;
enum AVMediaType type;
/**
* Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
* unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
* characters and '_' only.
*/
const char* name;
/**
* A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
*/
const char* long_name;
/**
* Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
*/
int props;
/**
* MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
* May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
* The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
*/
const char* const* mime_types;
/**
* If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
* Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
*/
const struct AVProfile* profiles;
} AVCodecDescriptor;
/**
* Codec uses only intra compression.
* Video and audio codecs only.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0)
/**
* Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
* @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
* compression modes
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1)
/**
* Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2)
/**
* Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
* the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
* decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
* frames.
*
* For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
* equal.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3)
/**
* Subtitle codec is bitmap based
* Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16)
/**
* Subtitle codec is text based.
* Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17)
/**
* @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
*/
const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
*
* @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
*
* @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
*/
const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor* prev);
/**
* @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
* exists.
*/
const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char* name);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H

637
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
/*
* Codec IDs
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
/**
* Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
* The principle is roughly:
* Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
* Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
* There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
* details.
*
* If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
* 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
* 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
*
* After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
* descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
*/
enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
/* video codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2,
AV_CODEC_ID_PGX,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2,
AV_CODEC_ID_VVC,
#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC
AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4,
AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER,
AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC,
AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_RASC,
AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT,
AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC,
AV_CODEC_ID_AGM,
AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP4,
AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA,
AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS,
AV_CODEC_ID_MV30,
AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PFM,
AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP,
AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD,
AV_CODEC_ID_IPU,
AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO,
AV_CODEC_ID_CRI,
AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX,
AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_GEM,
/* various PCM "codecs" */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO =
0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA,
/* various ADPCM codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN,
/* AMR */
AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
/* RealAudio codecs*/
AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
/* various DPCM codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM,
/* audio codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH,
AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9,
AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN,
AV_CODEC_ID_HCA,
AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN,
/* subtitle codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE =
0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD,
AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TTML,
AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION,
/* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN =
0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program
///< stream.
AV_CODEC_ID_EPG,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE =
0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf
///< should attempt to identify it
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
* stream (only used by libavformat) */
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS =
0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
* stream (only used by libavformat) */
AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing
///< only metadata information.
AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME =
0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
};
/**
* Get the type of the given codec.
*/
enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
/**
* Get the name of a codec.
* @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
*/
const char* avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Return codec bits per sample.
*
* @param[in] codec_id the codec
* @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
*/
int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
/**
* Return codec bits per sample.
* Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
* approximation.
*
* @param[in] codec_id the codec
* @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
*/
int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
/**
* Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
*
* @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
* @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
* @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
*
* @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
* supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
* function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
*/
const char* avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
/**
* Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
* @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
* -1 (or anything else) for native
* @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
*/
enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H

236
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
/*
* Codec parameters public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "codec_id.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
*/
enum AVFieldOrder {
AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first
AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
};
/**
* This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
*
* sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
* be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
* avcodec_parameters_free().
*/
typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
/**
* General type of the encoded data.
*/
enum AVMediaType codec_type;
/**
* Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
*/
enum AVCodecID codec_id;
/**
* Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
*/
uint32_t codec_tag;
/**
* Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
*
* Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
* avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
* least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
* bytes zeroed.
*/
uint8_t* extradata;
/**
* Size of the extradata content in bytes.
*/
int extradata_size;
/**
* - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
* - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
*/
int format;
/**
* The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
*/
int64_t bit_rate;
/**
* The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
*
* This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
* formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
* the actual coded bitstream.
*
* This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
* For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
* Can be 0
*/
int bits_per_coded_sample;
/**
* This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
* sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
* padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
* to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
* have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
* To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
*
* For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
* Can be 0
*/
int bits_per_raw_sample;
/**
* Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
*/
int profile;
int level;
/**
* Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
*/
int width;
int height;
/**
* Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
* should have when displayed.
*
* When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
* set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
*/
enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
/**
* Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
*/
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace color_space;
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
/**
* Video only. Number of delayed frames.
*/
int video_delay;
/**
* Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
* unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
* the channels field.
*/
uint64_t channel_layout;
/**
* Audio only. The number of audio channels.
*/
int channels;
/**
* Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
*/
int sample_rate;
/**
* Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
* formats.
*
* Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
*/
int block_align;
/**
* Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be
* static.
*/
int frame_size;
/**
* Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
* the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
* must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
* padding.
*/
int initial_padding;
/**
* Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
* the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
* discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
* audio without any trailing padding.
*/
int trailing_padding;
/**
* Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
*/
int seek_preroll;
} AVCodecParameters;
/**
* Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
* (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
* avcodec_parameters_free().
*/
AVCodecParameters* avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
/**
* Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
* write NULL to the supplied pointer.
*/
void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters** par);
/**
* Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
* replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters* dst,
const AVCodecParameters* src);
/**
* This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
* with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
*/
int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters* par, int frame_bytes);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H

171
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/defs.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H
#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavc
* Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else.
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/**
* @ingroup lavc_decoding
* Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input
* bitstream for decoding. This is mainly needed because some optimized
* bitstream readers read 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
* Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
* MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
*/
#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
/**
* @ingroup lavc_decoding
*/
enum AVDiscard {
/* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
* keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
AVDISCARD_NONE = -16, ///< discard nothing
AVDISCARD_DEFAULT =
0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference
AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
AVDISCARD_NONINTRA = 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all
};
enum AVAudioServiceType {
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Pan Scan area.
* This specifies the area which should be displayed.
* Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
*/
typedef struct AVPanScan {
/**
* id
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
int id;
/**
* width and height in 1/16 pel
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
int width;
int height;
/**
* position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
int16_t position[3][2];
} AVPanScan;
/**
* This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
* roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
* parameters for H.264/HEVC.
*/
typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
/**
* Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t max_bitrate;
/**
* Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t min_bitrate;
/**
* Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t avg_bitrate;
/**
* The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t buffer_size;
/**
* The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
* is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
* clock.
*
* UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
*/
uint64_t vbv_delay;
} AVCPBProperties;
/**
* Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
* values.
*
* @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
* here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVCPBProperties* av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t* size);
/**
* This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall
* clock production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time
* ('prft') as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12
*/
typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime {
/**
* A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()).
*/
int64_t wallclock;
int flags;
} AVProducerReferenceTime;
/**
* Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
*
* @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
* @param v size of extradata in bytes
* @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
*/
unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char* s, unsigned int v);
#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H

724
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/packet.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
/*
* AVPacket public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H
#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
*
* Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
* @{
*/
enum AVPacketSideDataType {
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
* bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
* present.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
/**
* The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
* that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
* act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
* data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
* frame or packet.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
* @code
* u32le param_flags
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
* s32le channel_count
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
* u64le channel_layout
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
* s32le sample_rate
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
* s32le width
* s32le height
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
* structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
* packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
* That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
* as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
* than the target payload size.
* Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
* @code
* u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
* u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
* u8 GOB number
* u16le macroblock address within the GOB
* u8 horizontal MV predictor
* u8 vertical MV predictor
* u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
* u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
/**
* This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
* ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
/**
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
* transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
* correct presentation.
*
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
/**
* This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
* Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
/**
* This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
* to enum AVAudioServiceType.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
/**
* This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
* @code
* u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1
* (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). u8 picture type u8 error count u16
* reserved u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in
* and output
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
/**
* This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
* of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate
* track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
* e.g. no decoder available for codec.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
/**
* This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
/**
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
* @code
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
* u8 reason for start skip
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
* the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
* and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
* @code
* u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
/**
* A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
* the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
/**
* Subtitle event position
* @code
* u32le x1
* u32le y1
* u32le x2
* u32le y2
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
/**
* Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
* no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
* size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
* by data.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
/**
* The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
/**
* The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
* follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
/**
* A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
* the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
* side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
/**
* MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID
* information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
/**
* Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
* should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
* of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
/**
* This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
* to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
/**
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
* associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
* AVContentLightMetadata struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
/**
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
* a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in
* AVPacketSideData.data. The number of bytes of CC data is
* AVPacketSideData.size.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
/**
* This side data is encryption initialization data.
* The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
* access.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
/**
* This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
* The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
/**
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_AFD,
/**
* Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime
* struct, usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag
* set in the AVCodecContext export_side_data field).
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT,
/**
* ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the
* format described by ISO 15076-1.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
/**
* DOVI configuration
* ref:
* dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2,
* section 2.2
* dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2,
* section 3.3 Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF,
/**
* Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4
* uint32_t where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other
* timecodes are used. The timecode format is described in the documentation
* of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() function in libavutil/timecode.h.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
/**
* HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in
* the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains
* information for color volume transform - application 4 of
* SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS,
/**
* The number of side data types.
* This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
* change when new side data types are added.
* This must stay the last enum value.
* If its value becomes huge, some code using it
* needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_NB
};
#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS // DEPRECATED
typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
uint8_t* data;
size_t size;
enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
} AVPacketSideData;
/**
* This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
* and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
* then passed to muxers.
*
* For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
* contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
* packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
* (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
*
* The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
* If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
* valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
* reference count to 0.
*
* If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
* of increasing the reference count.
*
* The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
* av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
*
* sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once
* av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated
* with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct
* with a minor bump.
*
* @see av_packet_alloc
* @see av_packet_ref
* @see av_packet_unref
*/
typedef struct AVPacket {
/**
* A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
* stored.
* May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
*/
AVBufferRef* buf;
/**
* Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
* the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
* Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
* pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
* decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
* the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
* must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
*/
int64_t pts;
/**
* Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
* the packet is decompressed.
* Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
*/
int64_t dts;
uint8_t* data;
int size;
int stream_index;
/**
* A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
*/
int flags;
/**
* Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
* Packet can contain several types of side information.
*/
AVPacketSideData* side_data;
int side_data_elems;
/**
* Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
*/
int64_t duration;
int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
/**
* for some private data of the user
*/
void* opaque;
/**
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
* the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field.
*
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
* purpose.
*/
AVBufferRef* opaque_ref;
/**
* Time base of the packet's timestamps.
* In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or
* demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders
* or muxers.
*/
AVRational time_base;
} AVPacket;
#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
attribute_deprecated typedef struct AVPacketList {
AVPacket pkt;
struct AVPacketList* next;
} AVPacketList;
#endif
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
/**
* Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
* decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
* after decoding.
**/
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004
/**
* The packet comes from a trusted source.
*
* Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
* outside the packet may be followed.
*/
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008
/**
* Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
* be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames.
*/
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001,
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004,
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008,
};
/**
* Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting
* struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
*
* @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*
* @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
* must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
*
* @see av_new_packet
*/
AVPacket* av_packet_alloc(void);
/**
* Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
*
* This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
*
* @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
*
* @see av_packet_alloc
* @see av_packet_ref
*/
AVPacket* av_packet_clone(const AVPacket* src);
/**
* Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
* unreferenced first.
*
* @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
* @note passing NULL is a no-op.
*/
void av_packet_free(AVPacket** pkt);
#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
/**
* Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
*
* Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
* initialized separately.
*
* @param pkt packet
*
* @see av_packet_alloc
* @see av_packet_unref
*
* @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed,
sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore.
*/
attribute_deprecated void av_init_packet(AVPacket* pkt);
#endif
/**
* Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
* default values.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param size wanted payload size
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
*/
int av_new_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int size);
/**
* Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param size new size
*/
void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int size);
/**
* Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
*/
int av_grow_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int grow_by);
/**
* Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
*
* @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
* and buf fields, all others are left untouched.
* @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
* function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying
* AVBuffer. The caller may not access the data through other means.
* @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
* size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*/
int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket* pkt, uint8_t* data, int size);
/**
* Allocate new information of a packet.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type side information type
* @param size side information size
* @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
*/
uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
size_t size);
/**
* Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type side information type
* @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
* family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
* pkt.
* @param size side information size
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
* failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
* owned by the caller.
*/
int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
uint8_t* data, size_t size);
/**
* Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type side information type
* @param size new side information size
* @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
*/
int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
size_t size);
/**
* Get side information from packet.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type desired side information type
* @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data
* or to zero if the desired side data is not present.
* @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
*/
uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket* pkt,
enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t* size);
const char* av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
/**
* Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
*
* @param dict The dictionary to pack.
* @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
* @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
*/
uint8_t* av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary* dict, size_t* size);
/**
* Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
*
* @param data data from side_data
* @param size size of the data
* @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
* @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
*/
int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t* data, size_t size,
AVDictionary** dict);
/**
* Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
* All the other fields stay untouched.
*
* @param pkt packet
*/
void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket* pkt);
/**
* Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
*
* If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
* buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
* data from src into it.
*
* All the other fields are copied from src.
*
* @see av_packet_unref
*
* @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten.
* @param src Source packet
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst
* will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()).
*/
int av_packet_ref(AVPacket* dst, const AVPacket* src);
/**
* Wipe the packet.
*
* Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
* remaining packet fields to their default values.
*
* @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
*/
void av_packet_unref(AVPacket* pkt);
/**
* Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
*
* @see av_packet_unref
*
* @param src Source packet, will be reset
* @param dst Destination packet
*/
void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket* dst, AVPacket* src);
/**
* Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
*
* Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
* beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
*
* @param dst Destination packet
* @param src Source packet
*
* @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
*/
int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket* dst, const AVPacket* src);
/**
* Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
*
* @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
* Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
*
* @see av_packet_ref
* @see av_packet_make_writable
*
* @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
* packet is unchanged.
*/
int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket* pkt);
/**
* Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
* avoiding data copy if possible.
*
* @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
* packet is unchanged.
*/
int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket* pkt);
/**
* Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
* timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
* ignored.
*
* @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
* @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
* expressed
* @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
* converted
*/
void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket* pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H

156
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
/*
* The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
* hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
*
* Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
* Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
* - VDPAU decoding
* - VDPAU presentation
*
* The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
* parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
*
* As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
* and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
* presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
*
* @{
*/
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
struct AVCodecContext;
struct AVFrame;
typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext*, struct AVFrame*,
const VdpPictureInfo*, uint32_t,
const VdpBitstreamBuffer*);
/**
* This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
* the client video application.
* The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
* function and make it available as
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
* decoding functions.
*
* The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
* be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
* AVVDPAUContext.
*/
typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
/**
* VDPAU decoder handle
*
* Set by user.
*/
VdpDecoder decoder;
/**
* VDPAU decoder render callback
*
* Set by the user.
*/
VdpDecoderRender* render;
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
} AVVDPAUContext;
/**
* @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
*
* Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
*/
AVVDPAUContext* av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext*);
void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext*, AVVDPAU_Render2);
/**
* Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
* This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
* or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
* the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
* display preemption).
*
* @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
* successfully.
*
* @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
* @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
* @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
* @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext* avctx, VdpDevice device,
VdpGetProcAddress* get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
/**
* Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
* context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
*
* @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
* VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
*
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
* @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
* (or NULL to ignore)
* @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
* (or NULL to ignore)
* @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
* (or NULL to ignore)
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext* avctx, VdpChromaType* type,
uint32_t* width, uint32_t* height);
/**
* Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
*
* @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVVDPAUContext* av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
/* @}*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */

67
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/version.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavc
* Libavcodec version macros.
*/
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 59
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 18
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT \
AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION \
AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*/
#define FF_API_OPENH264_SLICE_MODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_OPENH264_CABAC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_THREAD_SAFE_CALLBACKS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_GET_FRAME_CLASS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_AUTO_THREADS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_MPEGVIDEO_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_SUB_TEXT_FORMAT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */

173
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/attributes.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x, y) \
(__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x, y) \
(__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
#else
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x, y) 0
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x, y) 0
#endif
#ifdef __has_builtin
# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x)
#else
# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0
#endif
#ifndef av_always_inline
# if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1)
# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_always_inline __forceinline
# else
# define av_always_inline inline
# endif
#endif
#ifndef av_extern_inline
# if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
# define av_extern_inline extern inline
# else
# define av_extern_inline inline
# endif
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 4)
# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
#else
# define av_warn_unused_result
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1)
# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
#else
# define av_noinline
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
#else
# define av_pure
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2, 6) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
#else
# define av_const
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
#else
# define av_cold
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 1) && !defined(__llvm__)
# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
#else
# define av_flatten
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1)
# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
#else
# define attribute_deprecated
#endif
/**
* Disable warnings about deprecated features
* This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
* scheduled for removal.
*/
#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
# if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 6)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
code _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
__pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) code; \
__pragma(warning(pop))
# else
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
# endif
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define av_unused
#endif
/**
* Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
#else
# define av_used
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
#else
# define av_alias
#endif
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
# define av_uninit(x) x = x
#else
# define av_uninit(x) x
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) \
__attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
#else
# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2, 5) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
#else
# define av_noreturn
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */

6
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avconfig.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

366
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avutil.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
*/
/**
* @mainpage
*
* @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
*
* This document describes the usage of the different libraries
* provided by FFmpeg.
*
* @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
* @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
* @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
* @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
* @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
* @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
*
* @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
*
* Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
* major, minor and micro version number with the
* <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
* number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
* parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
* version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
* new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
* version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
* might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
* unspecified situation.
*
* FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
* as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
* will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
* values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
* explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
* not change.
*
* In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
* should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
* same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
* FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
* links against.
*
* However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
* public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
* FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
* situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
* by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
* version number.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu libavutil
* Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
*
* @note
* libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
* functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
* the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
* media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
* brings in most of the "core" components.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
*
* @{
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_video Video related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_misc Other
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_ver
* @{
*/
/**
* Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avutil_version(void);
/**
* Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
* version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
* and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
*/
const char* av_version_info(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
*/
const char* avutil_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil license.
*/
const char* avutil_license(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
* @brief Media Type
*/
enum AVMediaType {
AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
};
/**
* Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
* is unknown.
*/
const char* av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
/**
* @defgroup lavu_const Constants
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
*
* @note those definition should move to avcodec
* @{
*/
#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1 << FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256 * 128 - 1)
#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE // FIXME maybe remove
/**
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
*
* FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Undefined timestamp value
*
* Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
* either pts or dts.
*/
#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
/**
* Internal time base represented as integer
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
/**
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q \
(AVRational) { 1, AV_TIME_BASE }
/**
* @}
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
*
* AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
*
* @{
*/
enum AVPictureType {
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
};
/**
* Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
* pict_type.
*
* @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
* representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
*/
char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
/**
* @}
*/
#include "common.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "macros.h"
#include "mathematics.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
*/
static inline void* av_x_if_null(const void* p, const void* x) {
return (void*)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
}
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize, const void* list,
uint64_t term) av_pure;
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
/**
* Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
* The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
* errno.
*/
FILE* av_fopen_utf8(const char* path, const char* mode);
/**
* Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
*/
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) \
av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
* code) representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least
* AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
* @return the buffer in input
*/
char* av_fourcc_make_string(char* buf, uint32_t fourcc);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */

324
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/buffer.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_buffer
* refcounted data buffer API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
*
* There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
* represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
* e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
* are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
* reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
* caller directly.
*
* There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
* reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
* av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
* reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
* Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
* data once all the references are freed).
*
* The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
* buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
* it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
* provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
* automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
* Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
* however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
* control.
*
* @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
* may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
* additional locking.
*
* @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
* parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
*/
/**
* A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
* references (AVBufferRef).
*/
typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
/**
* A reference to a data buffer.
*
* The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
* to be allocated directly.
*/
typedef struct AVBufferRef {
AVBuffer* buffer;
/**
* The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
* this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
* av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
*/
uint8_t* data;
/**
* Size of data in bytes.
*/
size_t size;
} AVBufferRef;
/**
* Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
*
* @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
*/
AVBufferRef* av_buffer_alloc(size_t size);
/**
* Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
* to zero.
*/
AVBufferRef* av_buffer_allocz(size_t size);
/**
* Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
* reference.
*/
#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
/**
* Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
*
* If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
* only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
* it.
* If this function fails, data is left untouched.
* @param data data array
* @param size size of data in bytes
* @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
* @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
*
* @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef* av_buffer_create(uint8_t* data, size_t size,
void (*free)(void* opaque, uint8_t* data),
void* opaque, int flags);
/**
* Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
* This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
* directly.
*/
void av_buffer_default_free(void* opaque, uint8_t* data);
/**
* Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
*
* @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
* failure.
*/
AVBufferRef* av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef* buf);
/**
* Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
* references to it.
*
* @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
*/
void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef** buf);
/**
* @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
* true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
* Return 0 otherwise.
* A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
*/
int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef* buf);
/**
* @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
*/
void* av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef* buf);
int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef* buf);
/**
* Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
* if possible.
*
* @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
* untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
* written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*/
int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef** buf);
/**
* Reallocate a given buffer.
*
* @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
* unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
* written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
* may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
* @param size required new buffer size.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*
* @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
* initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
* reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
* a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
*/
int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef** buf, size_t size);
/**
* Ensure dst refers to the same data as src.
*
* When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst
* and replace it with a new reference to src.
*
* @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success,
* this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On
* failure, dst will be left untouched.
* @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this
* function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst).
* @return 0 on success
* AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure.
*/
int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef** dst, const AVBufferRef* src);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
*
* Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
* meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
* same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
* frames).
*
* At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
* buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
* get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
* reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
* av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
* unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
* reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
*
* When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
* buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
* Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
*
* Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
* either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
* thread-safe.
*/
/**
* The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
* av_buffer_pool_uninit().
*/
typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
* (av_buffer_alloc()).
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool* av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size,
AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size));
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be
* used (av_buffer_alloc()).
* @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
* is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
* by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
* and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
* data. May be NULL.
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool* av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void* opaque,
AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void* opaque,
size_t size),
void (*pool_free)(void* opaque));
/**
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
* is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
* in use.
*
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool** pool);
/**
* Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
* This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
*
* @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferRef* av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool* pool);
/**
* Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool.
*
* @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get.
* @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the
* buffer pool.
*
* @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation,
* therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque
* parameter of an allocated buffer.
*/
void* av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef* ref);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */

270
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* audio channel layout utility functions
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*/
/**
* @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
*
* A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
* The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
* The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
* @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
* combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
* dual-mono.
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002
#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008
#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010
#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080
#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100
#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200
#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400
#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000
#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix.
#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL
#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL
#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT 0x0000001000000000ULL
#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT 0x0000002000000000ULL
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER 0x0000004000000000ULL
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT 0x0000008000000000ULL
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT 0x0000010000000000ULL
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
to be the native codec channel order. */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
/**
* @}
* @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
* @{
* */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \
AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \
AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \
AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER | \
AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL | AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT | \
AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER | \
AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT | AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 \
(AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \
AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 | \
AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | \
AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER | AV_CH_TOP_CENTER | \
AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT | \
AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER | AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER | \
AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
enum AVMatrixEncoding {
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
};
/**
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
*
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
* separated by '+' or '|':
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
* - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
* AV_CH_* macros).
*
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
*/
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char* name);
/**
* Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified
* name.
*
* This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
* unknown channel layout specifications.
*
* @param[in] name channel layout specification string
* @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
* @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
*/
int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char* name, uint64_t* channel_layout,
int* nb_channels);
/**
* Return a description of a channel layout.
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
*
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
*/
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char* buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels,
uint64_t channel_layout);
struct AVBPrint;
/**
* Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
*/
void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint* bp, int nb_channels,
uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
*/
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*/
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
/**
* Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
*
* @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
* present in channel_layout.
*
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
* on error.
*/
int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
*/
uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
/**
* Get the name of a given channel.
*
* @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
*/
const char* av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the description of a given channel.
*
* @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
* @return channel description on success, NULL on error
*/
const char* av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
*
* @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
* @param[out] layout channel layout mask
* @param[out] name name of the layout
* @return 0 if the layout exists,
* <0 if index is beyond the limits
*/
int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t* layout,
const char** name);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */

590
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/common.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* common internal and external API header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && \
!defined(UINT64_C)
# error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "macros.h"
#include "version.h"
// rounded division & shift
#define RSHIFT(a, b) \
((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1 << (b)) >> 1)) >> (b) \
: ((a) + ((1 << (b)) >> 1) - 1) >> (b))
/* assume b>0 */
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a, b) \
(((a) >= 0 ? (a) + ((b) >> 1) : (a) - ((b) >> 1)) / (b))
/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a, b) \
(!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) : ((a) + (1 << (b)) - 1) >> (b))
/* Backwards compat. */
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
#define FFUDIV(a, b) (((a) > 0 ? (a) : (a) - (b) + 1) / (b))
#define FFUMOD(a, b) ((a) - (b)*FFUDIV(a, b))
/**
* Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as
* they are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
* as with *abs()
* @see FFNABS()
*/
#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
/**
* Negative Absolute value.
* this works for all integers of all types.
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
* a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
*/
#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
/**
* Unsigned Absolute value.
* This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned.
* This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice.
*/
#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a))
#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a))
/* misc math functions */
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
# include "intmath.h"
#endif
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip
# define av_clip av_clip_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip64
# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint8
# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int8
# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint16
# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int16
# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipl_int32
# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_intp2
# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add32
# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_sub32
# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add64
# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_sub64
# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipf
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipd
# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount64
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_parity
# define av_parity av_parity_c
#endif
#ifndef av_log2
av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
#endif
#ifndef av_log2_16bit
av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
#endif
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) {
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin)
return amin;
else if (a > amax)
return amax;
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin,
int64_t amax) {
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin)
return amin;
else if (a > amax)
return amax;
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) {
if (a & (~0xFF))
return (~a) >> 31;
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) {
if ((a + 0x80U) & ~0xFF)
return (a >> 31) ^ 0x7F;
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) {
if (a & (~0xFFFF))
return (~a) >> 31;
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) {
if ((a + 0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF)
return (a >> 31) ^ 0x7FFF;
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) {
if ((a + 0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF))
return (int32_t)((a >> 63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
else
return (int32_t)a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) {
if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) {
if (a & ~((1 << p) - 1))
return (~a) >> 31 & ((1 << p) - 1);
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a,
unsigned p) {
return a & ((1U << p) - 1);
}
/**
* Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) {
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
}
/**
* Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and added to a
* @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) {
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return difference with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b) {
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
}
/**
* Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
* @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b) {
return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5, 1)) || \
AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow)
int64_t tmp;
return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp)
? tmp
: (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
#else
int64_t s = a + (uint64_t)b;
if ((int64_t)(a ^ b | ~s ^ b) >= 0) return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63);
return s;
#endif
}
/**
* Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return difference with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5, 1)) || \
AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow)
int64_t tmp;
return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp)
? tmp
: (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
#else
if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b) return INT64_MAX;
if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b) return INT64_MIN;
return a - b;
#endif
}
/**
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
* If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
* If a is +inf amax will be returned.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin,
float amax) {
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
}
/**
* Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
* If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
* If a is +inf amax will be returned.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin,
double amax) {
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
}
/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
* @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
* @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) {
return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1);
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) {
x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
x += x >> 8;
return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) {
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
}
static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) {
return av_popcount(v) & 1;
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
* Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
* assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
* input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure
* that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then
* *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*
* @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
* could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
* exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
* to prevent undefined results.
*/
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR) \
val = (GET_BYTE); \
{ \
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1; \
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE) { \
ERROR \
} \
while (val & top) { \
unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE)-128; \
if (tmp >> 6) { \
ERROR \
} \
val = (val << 6) + tmp; \
top <<= 5; \
} \
val &= (top << 1) - 1; \
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
* to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*/
#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR) \
val = (GET_16BIT); \
{ \
unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800; \
if (hi < 0x800) { \
val = (GET_16BIT)-0xDC00; \
if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU) { \
ERROR \
} \
val += (hi << 10) + 0x10000; \
} \
}
/**
* @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes
* long).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_BYTE.
* @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
* It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
* For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
* executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
* 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
* Unicode character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) \
{ \
int bytes, shift; \
uint32_t in = val; \
if (in < 0x80) { \
tmp = in; \
PUT_BYTE \
} else { \
bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5; \
shift = (bytes - 1) * 6; \
tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift); \
PUT_BYTE \
while (shift >= 6) { \
shift -= 6; \
tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f); \
PUT_BYTE \
} \
} \
}
/**
* @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_16BIT.
* @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
* in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
* as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
* PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) \
{ \
uint32_t in = val; \
if (in < 0x10000) { \
tmp = in; \
PUT_16BIT \
} else { \
tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10); \
PUT_16BIT \
tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF); \
PUT_16BIT \
} \
}
#include "mem.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "internal.h"
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */

138
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/cpu.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
#include <stddef.h>
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW \
0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW \
0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW \
0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM \
0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX \
0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't
///< used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW \
0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g.
///< Bulldozer)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 \
0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't
///< used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 \
0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM
///< registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers.
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM \
(1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in
///< various CPUs implementations
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 << 16)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1)
// Loongarch SIMD extension.
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1)
/**
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
*/
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
/**
* Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
* -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
*/
void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
/**
* Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on
* that.
*
* @return negative on error.
*/
int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned* flags, const char* s);
/**
* @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
*/
int av_cpu_count(void);
/**
* Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count.
* Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count.
*/
void av_cpu_force_count(int count);
/**
* Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
*
* Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
* so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
* --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
* av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
* present.
*/
size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */

215
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/dict.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Public dictionary API.
* @deprecated
* AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
* implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
* extremely slow with large dictionaries.
* It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
* where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @brief Simple key:value store
*
* @{
* Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
* an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
* av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
* a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
* Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
* entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
* and all its contents.
*
@code
AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
}
av_dict_free(&d);
@endcode
*/
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE \
1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in \
av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX \
2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to \
the search key, ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only \
relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY \
4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been \
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL \
8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been \
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
#define AV_DICT_APPEND \
32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no \
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY \
64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
char* key;
char* value;
} AVDictionaryEntry;
typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
/**
* Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
*
* The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
* cause undefined behavior.
*
* To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
* to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
*
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
* @param key matching key
* @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is
* retrieved
* @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the
* dictionary
*/
AVDictionaryEntry* av_dict_get(const AVDictionary* m, const char* key,
const AVDictionaryEntry* prev, int flags);
/**
* Get number of entries in dictionary.
*
* @param m dictionary
* @return number of entries in dictionary
*/
int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary* m);
/**
* Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
* these arguments will be freed on error.
*
* Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
* previously returned with av_dict_get.
*
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a
* new key depending on flags)
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new
* key depending on flags). Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to
* be deleted.
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
*/
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary** pm, const char* key, const char* value,
int flags);
/**
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
* and stores it.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
*/
int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary** pm, const char* key, int64_t value,
int flags);
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
*
* In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
* *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
*
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
* AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
* are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
* be duplicated.
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary** pm, const char* str,
const char* key_val_sep, const char* pairs_sep,
int flags);
/**
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
* @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
* @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
* @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
* @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
* by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
*/
int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary** dst, const AVDictionary* src, int flags);
/**
* Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
* and all keys and values.
*/
void av_dict_free(AVDictionary** m);
/**
* Get dictionary entries as a string.
*
* Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
* Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
* @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
*
* @param[in] m dictionary
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with
* string containg entries. Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer
* needed.
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each
* other
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the
* same.
*/
int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary* m, char** buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */

158
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/error.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* error code definitions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "macros.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_error
*
* @{
*/
/* error handling */
#if EDOM > 0
# define AVERROR(e) \
(-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to
///< return from library functions.
# define AVUNERROR(e) \
(-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return
///< value.
#else
/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
# define AVERROR(e) (e)
# define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
#endif
#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'B', 'S', 'F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
#define AVERROR_BUG \
FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'G', '!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \
FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'F', 'S') ///< Buffer too small
#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'D', 'E', 'C') ///< Decoder not found
#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'D', 'E', 'M') ///< Demuxer not found
#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'E', 'N', 'C') ///< Encoder not found
#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG('E', 'O', 'F', ' ') ///< End of file
#define AVERROR_EXIT \
FFERRTAG('E', 'X', 'I', 'T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called
///< function should not be restarted
#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL \
FFERRTAG('E', 'X', 'T', ' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'F', 'I', 'L') ///< Filter not found
#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA \
FFERRTAG('I', 'N', 'D', 'A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'M', 'U', 'X') ///< Muxer not found
#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'O', 'P', 'T') ///< Option not found
#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME \
FFERRTAG('P', 'A', 'W', \
'E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'P', 'R', 'O') ///< Protocol not found
#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND \
FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'S', 'T', 'R') ///< Stream not found
/**
* This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
* it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified
* value.
*/
#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'G', ' ')
#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN \
FFERRTAG('U', 'N', 'K', \
'N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL \
(-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set
///< strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED \
(-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required.
///< (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED \
(-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required.
///< (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '0')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '1')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '3')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '4')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', 'X', 'X')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8, '5', 'X', 'X')
#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
/**
* Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
* In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
* error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
* error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
*
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
* @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
* @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
* cannot be found
*/
int av_strerror(int errnum, char* errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
* corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
*
* @param errbuf a buffer
* @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
* @see av_strerror()
*/
static inline char* av_make_error_string(char* errbuf, size_t errbuf_size,
int errnum) {
av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
return errbuf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_err2str(errnum) \
av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, \
AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */

927
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/frame.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* reference-counted frame API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "buffer.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
*/
enum AVFrameSideDataType {
/**
* The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
/**
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
* A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
* The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
/**
* Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
* The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
/**
* The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in
* libavutil/channel_layout.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
/**
* Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
* The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
/**
* ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
/**
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
* transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
* presentation.
*
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
/**
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
/**
* Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
* flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
* The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
* libavutil/motion_vector.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
/**
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
* only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
* This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
* @code
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
* u8 reason for start skip
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
* @endcode
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
/**
* This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
* enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
/**
* Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
* mastering display color volume.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
/**
* The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
* This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
/**
* The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
* libavutil/spherical.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
/**
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
* the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
/**
* The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
* format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
* metadata key entry "name".
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
/**
* Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4
* uint32_t where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other
* timecodes are used. The timecode format is described in the documentation
* of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() function in libavutil/timecode.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
/**
* HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color
* volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS,
/**
* Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the
* number of array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size /
* AVRegionOfInterest.self_size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST,
/**
* Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS,
/**
* User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame.
* This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other
* purpose The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16
* bytes of uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of
* user_data_payload_byte.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED,
/**
* Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams.
* Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS,
/**
* Bounding boxes for object detection and classification,
* as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES,
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265
* or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation
* bytes intact.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER,
/**
* Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software
* implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in
* libavutil/dovi_meta.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA,
};
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
};
/**
* Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
*
* sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be
* added to the end with a minor bump.
*/
typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
uint8_t* data;
size_t size;
AVDictionary* metadata;
AVBufferRef* buf;
} AVFrameSideData;
/**
* Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
*
* When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they
* should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only
* capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have
* to truncate the list.
*
* When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given
* area of the frame applies.
*/
typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
/**
* Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is,
* sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)).
*/
uint32_t self_size;
/**
* Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and
* bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and
* right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest.
*
* The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region
* actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other
* reasons.
*/
int top;
int bottom;
int left;
int right;
/**
* Quantisation offset.
*
* Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality
* change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation),
* while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).
*
* The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the
* largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the
* worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
* should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate
* values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
*
* For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between
* -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that
* this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full
* range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame
* were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
* of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).
* An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be
* encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of
* the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
*/
AVRational qoffset;
} AVRegionOfInterest;
/**
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
*
* AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
* allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
* through other means (see below).
* AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
*
* AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
* different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
* decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
* the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
* is reused again.
*
* The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
* AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
* AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
* least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
* every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
* AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
* There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
* each plane, or anything in between.
*
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
*
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
* for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
*/
typedef struct AVFrame {
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
/**
* pointer to the picture/channel planes.
* This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video,
* it could even point to the end of the image data.
*
* All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the
* AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf.
*
* Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
*
* NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL.
*
* @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the
* end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in
* combination with negative values in the linesize[] array.
*/
uint8_t* data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating
* the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be:
* - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping
* (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data
* - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing
* even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped)
*
* For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
* plane must be the same size.
*
* For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
* preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
* Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
* correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
*
* @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
* may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
*
* @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve
* a vertically inverted iteration over image lines.
*/
int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* pointers to the data planes/channels.
*
* For video, this should simply point to data[].
*
* For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
* linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
* For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
* contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
*
* Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
* but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
* extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
*/
uint8_t** extended_data;
/**
* @name Video dimensions
* Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
* i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
*
* @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
* restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
* @{
*/
int width, height;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
*/
int nb_samples;
/**
* format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
* Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
* enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
*/
int format;
/**
* 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
*/
int key_frame;
/**
* Picture type of the frame.
*/
enum AVPictureType pict_type;
/**
* Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown
* to user).
*/
int64_t pts;
/**
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame
* threading isn't used) This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame
* calculated from only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
*/
int64_t pkt_dts;
/**
* Time base for the timestamps in this frame.
* In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or
* filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders
* or filters.
*/
AVRational time_base;
/**
* picture number in bitstream order
*/
int coded_picture_number;
/**
* picture number in display order
*/
int display_picture_number;
/**
* quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
*/
int quality;
/**
* for some private data of the user
*/
void* opaque;
/**
* When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
* extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
*/
int repeat_pict;
/**
* The content of the picture is interlaced.
*/
int interlaced_frame;
/**
* If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
*/
int top_field_first;
/**
* Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
*/
int palette_has_changed;
/**
* reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
* PTS but can be anything).
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
* that time,
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through
* AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
*/
int64_t reordered_opaque;
/**
* Sample rate of the audio data.
*/
int sample_rate;
/**
* Channel layout of the audio data.
*/
uint64_t channel_layout;
/**
* AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in
* data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or
* extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is
* non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i.
*
* There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
* always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
* AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
* this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
* extended_buf array.
*/
AVBufferRef* buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
* AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
* cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
* contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
* which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
* the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
*/
AVBufferRef** extended_buf;
/**
* Number of elements in extended_buf.
*/
int nb_extended_buf;
AVFrameSideData** side_data;
int nb_side_data;
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
/**
* A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
*/
int flags;
/**
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
/**
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
/**
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_pos;
/**
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_duration;
/**
* metadata.
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
AVDictionary* metadata;
/**
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
* were errors during the decoding.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int decode_error_flags;
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8
/**
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int channels;
/**
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
* frame.
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int pkt_size;
/**
* For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
*/
AVBufferRef* hw_frames_ctx;
/**
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
* the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
*
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
* purpose.
*/
AVBufferRef* opaque_ref;
/**
* @anchor cropping
* @name Cropping
* Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
* top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
* the frame intended for presentation.
* @{
*/
size_t crop_top;
size_t crop_bottom;
size_t crop_left;
size_t crop_right;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
* Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
* Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
*
* Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of
* the buffer ref.
*
* FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
* av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
* for the target frame's private_ref field.
*/
AVBufferRef* private_ref;
} AVFrame;
#if FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME
/**
* Get the name of a colorspace.
* @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
* @deprecated use av_color_space_name()
*/
attribute_deprecated const char* av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
#endif
/**
* Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
* struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
*
* @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*
* @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
* must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
* manually.
*/
AVFrame* av_frame_alloc(void);
/**
* Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
* e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
* unreferenced first.
*
* @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_frame_free(AVFrame** frame);
/**
* Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
*
* Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
* AVBufferRef from src.
*
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
* copied.
*
* @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
* or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
* function, or undefined behavior will occur.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*/
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src);
/**
* Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
*
* This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
*
* @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVFrame* av_frame_clone(const AVFrame* src);
/**
* Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
*/
void av_frame_unref(AVFrame* frame);
/**
* Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
*
* @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
* or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
* before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
*/
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame* dst, AVFrame* src);
/**
* Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
*
* The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
* - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
* - width and height for video
* - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
*
* This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
*
* @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
* leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
* cases.
*
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
* @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
* chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
* recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame* frame, int align);
/**
* Check if the frame data is writable.
*
* @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
* only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
* stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
*
* If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
* of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
*
* @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
*/
int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame* frame);
/**
* Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
*
* Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
* if it is not.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*
* @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
* av_buffer_make_writable()
*/
int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame* frame);
/**
* Copy the frame data from src to dst.
*
* This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
* allocated with the same parameters as src.
*
* This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
* extended data arrays), not any other properties.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_copy(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src);
/**
* Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
*
* Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
* the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
* aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
* Side data is also copied.
*/
int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src);
/**
* Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
*
* @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
*
* @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
* frame is not valid.
*/
AVBufferRef* av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame* frame, int plane);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame.
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type type of the added side data
* @param size size of the side data
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
*/
AVFrameSideData* av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame* frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
size_t size);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type the type of the added side data
* @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
* the reference is transferred to the frame.
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
* the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
* the caller.
*/
AVFrameSideData* av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame* frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
AVBufferRef* buf);
/**
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
*/
AVFrameSideData* av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame* frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Remove and free all side data instances of the given type.
*/
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame* frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Flags for frame cropping.
*/
enum {
/**
* Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
* AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
* to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
* (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
* are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
* absolutely know what you are doing.
*/
AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
};
/**
* Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
* crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
* data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
*
* In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
* alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
* formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
* if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
*
* @param frame the frame which should be cropped
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
* were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
*/
int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame* frame, int flags);
/**
* @return a string identifying the side data type
*/
const char* av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */

601
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#include "buffer.h"
#include "frame.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
enum AVHWDeviceType {
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN,
};
typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
/**
* This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
* i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
* E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
* this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
* and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
* derived.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
* points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
* AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
* specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
* references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
* optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
* state.
*/
typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
/**
* A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
*/
const AVClass* av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWDeviceInternal* internal;
/**
* This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
*
* This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
* afterwards.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType type;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
* by the caller.
*/
void* hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*
* @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
* struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
* are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext* ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void* user_opaque;
} AVHWDeviceContext;
typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
/**
* This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
* data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
* assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
* given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
* yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
* struct.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
/**
* A class for logging.
*/
const AVClass* av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWFramesInternal* internal;
/**
* A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
* managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
* additional references from it.
*/
AVBufferRef* device_ref;
/**
* The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
* device_ref->data provided for convenience.
*
* Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
AVHWDeviceContext* device_ctx;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
* struct should not be modified by the caller.
*/
void* hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext* ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void* user_opaque;
/**
* A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
* The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
* have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
* type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
* this struct's free() callback is invoked.
*
* This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
* internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
* fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
* case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
*/
AVBufferPool* pool;
/**
* Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
* dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
*
* May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
* set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
*/
int initial_pool_size;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
*
* Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
* AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
enum AVPixelFormat format;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
* frames.
*
* Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
* only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
* planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
* AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
*/
enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
/**
* The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
int width, height;
} AVHWFramesContext;
/**
* Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
*
* @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
* @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
* not found.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char* name);
/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
*
* @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
* @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
* is not valid.
*/
const char* av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Iterate over supported device types.
*
* @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
* returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
* @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
* AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
*
* @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
* the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
* used in any way.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef* ref);
/**
* Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
*
* This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
* who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
* manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
* should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
* the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
* touched by the caller.
*
* @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
* will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
* and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
* needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
* @param type The type of the device to create.
* @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
* @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
* opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
* @param flags currently unused
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef** device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
const char* device, AVDictionary* opts, int flags);
/**
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
*
* If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
* derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
* devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
* existing device of the same type as is requested.
*
* Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
* device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
* attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
* turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
*
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
* AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
* used to create the new device.
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef** dst_ctx,
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
AVBufferRef* src_ctx, int flags);
/**
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
*
* This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived,
* however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived.
*
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
* AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
* used to create the new device.
* @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef** dst_ctx,
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
AVBufferRef* src_ctx,
AVDictionary* options, int flags);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
* a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
* function remains owned by the caller.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef* av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef* device_ctx);
/**
* Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
* context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
* to any frames.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef* ref);
/**
* Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
*
* @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
* @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
* newly allocated buffers.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef* hwframe_ctx, AVFrame* frame, int flags);
/**
* Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
* AVHWFramesContext attached.
*
* If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
* must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
* If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
* of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
*
* dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
* data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
* If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
* dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
*
* The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
* AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
* transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
* (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
* also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
* smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
* destination frame is unspecified.
*
* @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
* @param src the source frame.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src, int flags);
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
/**
* Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
/**
* Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
};
/**
* Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
* av_hwframe_transfer_data().
*
* @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
* @param dir the direction of the transfer
* @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
* The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
* by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
* If this function returns successfully, the format list will
* have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
* On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef* hwframe_ctx,
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
enum AVPixelFormat** formats, int flags);
/**
* This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
* a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
* by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
* av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
/**
* A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat* valid_hw_formats;
/**
* A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
* not known.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat* valid_sw_formats;
/**
* The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (Zero if not known.)
*/
int min_width;
int min_height;
/**
* The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
*/
int max_width;
int max_height;
} AVHWFramesConstraints;
/**
* Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
* After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
* hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
* av_free().
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
* success or NULL on failure.
*/
void* av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef* device_ctx);
/**
* Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
* configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
* configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
* of the device.
*
* @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
* to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
* @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
* on the device, or NULL if not available.
*/
AVHWFramesConstraints* av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(
AVBufferRef* ref, const void* hwconfig);
/**
* Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*
* @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*/
void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints** constraints);
/**
* Flags to apply to frame mappings.
*/
enum {
/**
* The mapping must be readable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
/**
* The mapping must be writeable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
/**
* The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
* operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
* which are not overwritten are unspecified.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
/**
* The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
* the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
* be much lower than normal memory.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
};
/**
* Map a hardware frame.
*
* This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
* and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
* frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
* by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
* dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
*
* If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
* then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
* the frame that src was originally mapped from.
*
* If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
* attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
* then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
* possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
* given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
* create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
*
* If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
* mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
* If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
* with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
* AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
* format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
*
* A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
* possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
* values indicate that it failed somehow.
*
* @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
* @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src, int flags);
/**
* Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
* AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
*
* av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
*
* @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
* AVHWFramesContext.
* @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
* AVHWFramesContext on.
* @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
* which will be mapped to the derived context.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
* mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
* in the derived device.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef** derived_frame_ctx,
enum AVPixelFormat format,
AVBufferRef* derived_device_ctx,
AVBufferRef* source_frame_ctx, int flags);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */

117
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#include <va/va.h>
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
*
* Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
* target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
* argument to vaCreateContext().
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
*/
enum {
/**
* The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
* automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
/**
* The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
* vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
* separately afterwards.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
/**
* The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
* so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
/**
* The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
* The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
* and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
};
/**
* VAAPI connection details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
/**
* The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
*/
VADisplay display;
/**
* Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
* with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
* AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
* may need to refer to this field when performing any later
* operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
*/
unsigned int driver_quirks;
} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
/**
* VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
*
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
/**
* Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
* the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
*/
VASurfaceAttrib* attributes;
int nb_attributes;
/**
* The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
* Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
* These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
* vaCreateContext().
*/
VASurfaceID* surface_ids;
int nb_surfaces;
} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
/**
* VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
*
* Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
/**
* ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
*/
VAConfigID config_id;
} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */

73
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/intfloat.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
union av_intfloat32 {
uint32_t i;
float f;
};
union av_intfloat64 {
uint64_t i;
double f;
};
/**
* Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
*/
static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) {
union av_intfloat32 v;
v.i = i;
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) {
union av_intfloat32 v;
v.f = f;
return v.i;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
*/
static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) {
union av_intfloat64 v;
v.i = i;
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) {
union av_intfloat64 v;
v.f = f;
return v.i;
}
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */

388
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/log.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "attributes.h"
typedef enum {
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
} AVClassCategory;
#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
struct AVOptionRanges;
/**
* Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
* arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
* AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
*/
typedef struct AVClass {
/**
* The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
* context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
*/
const char* class_name;
/**
* A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
* instance ctx associated with the class.
*/
const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
/**
* a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
*
* @see av_set_default_options()
*/
const struct AVOption* option;
/**
* LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
* This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
* version bumps everywhere.
*/
int version;
/**
* Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
* 0 means there is no such variable
*/
int log_level_offset_offset;
/**
* Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
* logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
* to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
* could then leverage to display the parent context.
* The offset can be NULL.
*/
int parent_log_context_offset;
/**
* Category used for visualization (like color)
* This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
* available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
*/
AVClassCategory category;
/**
* Callback to return the category.
* available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
*/
AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
/**
* Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
* available since version (52.12)
*/
int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges**, void* obj, const char* key,
int flags);
/**
* Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void* (*child_next)(void* obj, void* prev);
/**
* Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled
* children.
*
* @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize
* *iter to NULL before the first call.
* @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are
* no more such children.
*
* @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next
* iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate
* iterates over _all possible_ children.
*/
const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void** iter);
} AVClass;
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_log
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Print no output.
*/
#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
/**
* Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
*/
#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
/**
* Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
* For example, no header was found for a format which depends
* on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
*/
#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
/**
* Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
* However, not all future data is affected.
*/
#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
/**
* Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
* lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
*/
#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
/**
* Standard information.
*/
#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
/**
* Detailed information.
*/
#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
/**
* Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
*/
#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
/**
* Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
*/
#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56
#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
* @code
av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
@endcode
* Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
* recommended.
*/
#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
/**
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log_set_callback
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
*/
void av_log(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
/**
* Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then
* with the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
* @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance.
* @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a
* @ref lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance.
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed
* this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state
* must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously.
*/
void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level,
int* state, const char* fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6);
/**
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
* function.
* @see av_log_set_callback
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
*/
void av_vlog(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl);
/**
* Get the current log level
*
* @see lavu_log_constants
*
* @return Current log level
*/
int av_log_get_level(void);
/**
* Set the log level
*
* @see lavu_log_constants
*
* @param level Logging level
*/
void av_log_set_level(int level);
/**
* Set the logging callback
*
* @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
* threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
*
* @see av_log_default_callback
*
* @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
*/
void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
/**
* Default logging callback
*
* It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
*/
void av_log_default_callback(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt,
va_list vl);
/**
* Return the context name
*
* @param ctx The AVClass context
*
* @return The AVClass class_name
*/
const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void* ptr);
/**
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line
* @param line_size size of the buffer
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
*/
void av_log_format_line(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl,
char* line, int line_size, int* print_prefix);
/**
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
* may be NULL if line_size is 0
* @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
* be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
* @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
* the number of characters that would have been written for a
* sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
* character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
* that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
*/
int av_log_format_line2(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl,
char* line, int line_size, int* print_prefix);
/**
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
* (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
* "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
* bad luck.
* Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
* call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
*/
#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
/**
* Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
*
* Results in messages such as:
* [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
*/
#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
int av_log_get_flags(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */

87
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/macros.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Utility Preprocessor macros
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
#else
# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
#endif
/**
* Comparator.
* For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
* if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
* Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
* there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
* must not have a side-effect.
*/
#define FFDIFFSIGN(x, y) (((x) > (y)) - ((x) < (y)))
#define FFMAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define FFMAX3(a, b, c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a, b), c)
#define FFMIN(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
#define FFMIN3(a, b, c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a, b), c)
#define FFSWAP(type, a, b) \
do { \
type SWAP_tmp = b; \
b = a; \
a = SWAP_tmp; \
} while (0)
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
#define MKTAG(a, b, c, d) \
((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
#define MKBETAG(a, b, c, d) \
((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
/**
* @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* String manipulation macros
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a##b
#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
/**
* @}
*/
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x) + (a)-1) & ~((a)-1))
#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */

247
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mathematics.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <math.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "intfloat.h"
#ifndef M_E
# define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN2
# define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN10
# define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LOG2_10
# define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PHI
# define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI
# define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI_2
# define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
# define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT2
# define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef NAN
# define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
#endif
#ifndef INFINITY
# define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
#endif
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Rounding methods.
*/
enum AVRounding {
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF =
5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
/**
* Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
* unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
*
* Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
* bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
* enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
* cases.
*
* @code{.c}
* av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
* // Rescaling 3:
* // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
* // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
* // => 2
*
* av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
* // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
* // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
* @endcode
*/
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
};
/**
* Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
*
* @param a,b Operands
* @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >=
* 0; if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
*/
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
* directly can overflow.
*
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
*
* @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
* directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
* If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c,
enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
*
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
/**
* Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
*
* @return One of the following values:
* - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
* - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
* - 0 if they represent the same position
*
* @warning
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
* the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
*/
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
/**
* Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
*
* In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
* `a` and `b`.
*
* @code{.c}
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 %
* 0x10 (0x2) av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11)
* > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
* @endcode
*
* @param a,b Operands
* @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
* @return
* - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
* - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
* - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
*/
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
/**
* Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
*
* This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
* timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
* call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
*
* The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
* subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
* initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
*
* @param[in] in_tb Input time base
* @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
* @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
* (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
* @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
* duration of the current packet/frame)
* @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
* `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
* @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
* @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
*
* @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
* seconds.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb,
int duration, int64_t* last, AVRational out_tb);
/**
* Add a value to a timestamp.
*
* This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
* no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
*
* @param[in] ts Input timestamp
* @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
* @param[in] inc Value to be added
* @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
*/
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb,
int64_t inc);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */

708
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mem.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,708 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_mem
* Memory handling functions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avutil.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
* Utilities for manipulating memory.
*
* FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
* program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
* encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
*
* However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
* recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
* instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
* compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
* dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
*
* @{
*/
#if FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED
/**
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
* Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
* @{
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
*
* // The default-alignment equivalent would be
* uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
* uint8_t aligned_array[128];
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
* Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
* assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || \
defined(__SUNPRO_C)
# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
# elif defined(__DJGPP__)
# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) \
t av_used __attribute__((aligned(FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) \
static const t av_used __attribute__((aligned(FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
# elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t av_used __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) \
static const t av_used __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
# else
# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t v
# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t v
# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) static const t v
# endif
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
* Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
*
* These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
* generate better code.
* @{
*/
/**
* @def av_malloc_attrib
* Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
*
* @see <a
* href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function
* attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1)
# define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
#else
# define av_malloc_attrib
#endif
/**
* @def av_alloc_size(...)
* Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
* given by the specified parameter(s).
*
* @code{.c}
* void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
* void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
* @endcode
*
* @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
*
* @see <a
* href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function
* attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 3)
# define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
#else
# define av_alloc_size(...)
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
* Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
*
* All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
* bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
* caution when doing so.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
* (including vectors if available on the CPU).
*
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
* @see av_mallocz()
*/
void* av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
* (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
* block.
*
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
* @see av_malloc()
*/
void* av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
*
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
*
* @param nmemb Number of element
* @param size Size of a single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
* @see av_malloc()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) void* av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
*
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
*
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
*
* @see av_mallocz()
* @see av_malloc_array()
*/
void* av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
#if FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY
/**
* @deprecated use av_calloc()
*/
attribute_deprecated void* av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb,
size_t size) av_malloc_attrib
av_alloc_size(1, 2);
#endif
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
*
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
*
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory
* block
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
* @see av_fast_realloc()
* @see av_reallocp()
*/
void* av_realloc(void* ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
* pointer.
*
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
* with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
* is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
*
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
*/
av_warn_unused_result int av_reallocp(void* ptr, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
*
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
* - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
* after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
* leak with the classic
* @code{.c}
* buf = realloc(buf);
* if (!buf)
* return -1;
* @endcode
* pattern.
*/
void* av_realloc_f(void* ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
*
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
* `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
* @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
* @param size Size of the single element of the array
*
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory
* block
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
* @see av_reallocp_array()
*/
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void* av_realloc_array(void* ptr, size_t nmemb,
size_t size);
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
*
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
* allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
* @param[in] size Size of the single element
*
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
*/
int av_reallocp_array(void* ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
*
* If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
*
* If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
* returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
* freed.
*
* A typical use pattern follows:
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
* uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, &current_size, size_needed);
* if (!new_buf) {
* // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
* av_freep(&buf);
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr`
* @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
* buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
* error
* @see av_realloc()
* @see av_fast_malloc()
*/
void* av_fast_realloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
* avoid memleaks is necessary.
*
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
* av_fast_malloc(&buf, &current_size, size_needed);
* if (!buf) {
* // Allocation failed; buf already freed
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
* @see av_realloc()
* @see av_fast_mallocz()
*/
void av_fast_malloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
* Reused buffer is not cleared.
*
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
* @see av_fast_malloc()
*/
void av_fast_mallocz(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
* or av_realloc() family.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
*
* @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
* behind dangling pointers.
* @see av_freep()
*/
void av_free(void* ptr);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
* or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
* av_free(buf);
* // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
* // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
* // security risk.
*
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
* av_freep(&buf);
* // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
* // NULL-pointer dereference.
* @endcode
*
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
* @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
* @see av_free()
*/
void av_freep(void* ptr);
/**
* Duplicate a string.
*
* @param s String to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
* @see av_strndup()
*/
char* av_strdup(const char* s) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate a substring of a string.
*
* @param s String to be duplicated
* @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
* terminating byte)
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
*/
char* av_strndup(const char* s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
*
* @param p Buffer to be duplicated
* @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
* copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
*/
void* av_memdup(const void* p, size_t size);
/**
* Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
*
* @param dst Destination buffer
* @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
* the overlapping window); must be > 0
* @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
*
* @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
*/
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t* dst, int back, int cnt);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
*
* Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
*
* Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
* needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
*
* libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
* allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
* array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
* caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
* the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
*
* The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
* allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
* to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
* av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
*
* @code
* type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
*
* type to_be_added = ...;
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
*
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
* if (nb == 0)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
* if (nb == 0)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Now:
* // nb == 2
* // &to_be_added == array[0]
* // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
*
* av_freep(&array);
* @endcode
*
* The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
* result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
* implements this mechanism.
*
* @code
* type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
*
* type to_be_added = ...;
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
*
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
* if (!addr)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
*
* // Shortcut of the above.
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
* (const void *)&to_be_added2);
* if (!addr)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Now:
* // nb == 2
* // to_be_added == array[0]
* // to_be_added2 == array[1]
*
* av_freep(&array);
* @endcode
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
*
* The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
* structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
* allocated structure.
*
* The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
*
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param[in] elem Element to add
* @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
void av_dynarray_add(void* tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, void* elem);
/**
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
*
* Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
* but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
* instead and leave current buffer untouched.
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
av_warn_unused_result int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void* tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr,
void* elem);
/**
* Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
*
* The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
*
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
* @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
* `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
* allocated but left uninitialized.
*
* @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
* space
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
*/
void* av_dynarray2_add(void** tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
const uint8_t* elem_data);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
*
* Other functions related to memory allocation.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
*
* @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
* @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
*/
int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t* r);
/**
* Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
*
* The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
* lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
*
* By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
*
* @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
*
* @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
* this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
*/
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */

808
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,808 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
/**
* @file
* pixel format definitions
*/
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "version.h"
#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
/**
* Pixel format.
*
* @note
* AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
* color is put together as:
* (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
* This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
* big-endian CPUs.
*
* @note
* If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
* then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
*
* @par
* When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
* image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
* AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
* formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
* also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
* components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
* This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
* to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
*
* @par
* For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
* for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
* allocating the picture.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y
///< samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y
///< samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y
///< samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y
///< samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y
///< samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black,
///< in each byte pixels are ordered from the
///< msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white,
///< in each byte pixels are ordered from the
///< msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG),
///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and
///< setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG),
///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and
///< setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG),
///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and
///< setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb),
///< a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte
///< is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb),
///< a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte
///< is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for
///< the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U
///< and the following byte V)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y
///< samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in
///< favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2
///< Y & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the
///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as
///< big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the
///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as
///< little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb),
///< big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb),
///< little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb),
///< big-endian , X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb),
///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb),
///< big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb),
///< little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb),
///< big-endian , X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb),
///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined
/**
* Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
* VASurfaceID.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3]
///< contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb),
///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb),
///< big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb),
///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb),
///< big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the
///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as
///< big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the
///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as
///< little-endian
/**
* The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each
* bit depth. Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with
* extra padding. If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using
* AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y
///< & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y
///< & A samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3]
///< contains a VdpVideoSurface
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb),
///< the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as
///< little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb),
///< the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as
///< big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample
///< per 2x1 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb
///< sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb
///< sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A,
///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is
///< stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A,
///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is
///< stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A,
///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is
///< stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A,
///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is
///< stored as little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
/**
* HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
/**
* HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API,
///< Picture.data[3] contains a
///< ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
/**
* HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
* exactly as for system memory frames.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1
///< Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor
///< of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line),
///< 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line),
///< 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line),
///< 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line),
///< 8-bit samples
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line),
///< 16-bit samples, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC, ///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y
///< & A samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y
///< & A samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high
///< bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high
///< bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
/**
* Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
*
* This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
* hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
*
* data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
* texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
* an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp,
///< big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp,
///< little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4,
///< 128bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4,
///< 128bpp, little-endian
/**
* DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
*
* data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
/**
* Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
*
* data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
* in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per
///< 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for
///< the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U
///< and the following byte V)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
/**
* Vulkan hardware images.
*
* data[0] points to an AVVkFrame
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN,
AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the
///< high bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the
///< high bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G
///< 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G
///< 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G
///< 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G
///< 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high
///< bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high
///< bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high
///< bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high
///< bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, liddle-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to
///< link with shared libav* because the number of formats
///< might differ between versions
};
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
#else
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
#endif
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE, YUV420P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE, YUV422P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE, YUV444P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE, GBRP9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE, YUVA420P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE, YUVA422P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE, YUVA444P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE)
/**
* Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and
* ITU-T H.273.
*/
enum AVColorPrimaries {
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
AVCOL_PRI_BT709 =
1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_PRI_BT470M =
4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R
///< BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M =
6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M =
7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65
AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC
///< P22 group phosphors
AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213,
AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Color Transfer Characteristic.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2.
*/
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358
///< 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT =
10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 =
16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3.
*/
enum AVColorSpace {
AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC
///< 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1
AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 /
///< derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED =
3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are
AVCOL_SPC_FCC =
4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R
///< BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M =
6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC /
///< functionally identical to above
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M =
7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived
///< from BT470 System M's primaries
AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO =
8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL =
12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL =
13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Visual content value range.
*
* These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple
* specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance
* and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital
* Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit
* integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is
* recommended, as it also defines the full range representation.
*
* Common definitions:
* - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp,
* 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0.
* - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original
* value in range of -0.5 to 0.5.
* - 'n' is the output bit depth.
* - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n
* bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9).
*/
enum AVColorRange {
AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
/**
* Narrow or limited range content.
*
* - For luma planes:
*
* (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8)
*
* F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits
*
* - For chroma planes:
*
* (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8)
*
* F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits
*/
AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1,
/**
* Full range content.
*
* - For RGB and luma planes:
*
* (2^n - 1) * E
*
* F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits
*
* - For chroma planes:
*
* (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1)
*
* F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits
*/
AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2,
AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Location of chroma samples.
*
* Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of
*the image, the left shows only luma, the right shows the location of the
*chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay each other but are drawn
*separately due to limitations of ASCII
*
* 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
* v v v v
* ______ ______
*1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples,
* | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
*2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position
*/
enum AVChromaLocation {
AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT =
3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */

221
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/rational.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
/*
* rational numbers
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_math_rational
* Utilties for rational number calculation.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
* @ingroup lavu_math
* Rational number calculation.
*
* While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
* conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
* other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
* timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
* interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
* denominators.
*
* Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
* reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
* rational numbers.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
*/
typedef struct AVRational {
int num; ///< Numerator
int den; ///< Denominator
} AVRational;
/**
* Create an AVRational.
*
* Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
*
* @note The return value is not reduced.
* @see av_reduce()
*/
static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) {
AVRational r = {num, den};
return r;
}
/**
* Compare two rationals.
*
* @param a First rational
* @param b Second rational
*
* @return One of the following values:
* - 0 if `a == b`
* - 1 if `a > b`
* - -1 if `a < b`
* - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
*/
static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b) {
const int64_t tmp = a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
if (tmp)
return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den) >> 63) | 1;
else if (b.den && a.den)
return 0;
else if (a.num && b.num)
return (a.num >> 31) - (b.num >> 31);
else
return INT_MIN;
}
/**
* Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
* @param a AVRational to convert
* @return `a` in floating-point form
* @see av_d2q()
*/
static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a) { return a.num / (double)a.den; }
/**
* Reduce a fraction.
*
* This is useful for framerate calculations.
*
* @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
* @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
* @param[in] num Source numerator
* @param[in] den Source denominator
* @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
* @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
*/
int av_reduce(int* dst_num, int* dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den,
int64_t max);
/**
* Multiply two rationals.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b*c
*/
AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Divide one rational by another.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b/c
*/
AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Add two rationals.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b+c
*/
AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Subtract one rational from another.
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b-c
*/
AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Invert a rational.
* @param q value
* @return 1 / q
*/
static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) {
AVRational r = {q.den, q.num};
return r;
}
/**
* Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
*
* In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
* `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
*
* @param d `double` to convert
* @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @return `d` in AVRational form
* @see av_q2d()
*/
AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
/**
* Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
*
* @param q Rational to be compared against
* @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
* @return One of the following values:
* - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
* - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
* - 0 if they have the same distance
*/
int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
/**
* Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
*
* @param q Reference rational
* @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
* @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
*/
int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
/**
* Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
* format.
*
* @param q Rational to be converted
* @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
* integer.
* @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
*/
uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
/**
* Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it.
* If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def.
*/
AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */

276
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
*
* Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
* @{
*/
/**
* Audio sample formats
*
* - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
* Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a
* signed 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
*
* - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
* [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
*
* - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
* (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
*
* @par
* For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
* and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
* planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
* plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
* linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
*
*/
enum AVSampleFormat {
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking
///< dynamically
};
/**
* Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
* recognized.
*/
const char* av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
* on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char* name);
/**
* Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
* requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
* input.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt,
int planar);
/**
* Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
*
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
* the same as the input.
*
* @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
*
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
* the same as the input.
*
* @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
* sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
* @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
* unknown or in case of other errors
*/
char* av_get_sample_fmt_string(char* buf, int buf_size,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Return number of bytes per sample.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
* sample format
*/
int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Check if the sample format is planar.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
* @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
*/
int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
*
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
*/
int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int* linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
*
* Functions that manipulate audio samples
* @{
*/
/**
* Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
* format sample_fmt.
*
* The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
* for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
* for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
*
* The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
* channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
* buffer for all channels for packed layout.
*
* The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
* (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
* otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
* @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on
* success, or a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t** audio_data, int* linesize,
const uint8_t* buf, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
* linesize accordingly.
* The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
* Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
* @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
* @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next
* bump
* @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
* @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
*/
int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t** audio_data, int* linesize, int nb_channels,
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
* samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
*
* This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
* pointers array.
*
* @see av_samples_alloc()
*/
int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t*** audio_data, int* linesize,
int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt,
int align);
/**
* Copy samples from src to dst.
*
* @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
* @param src source array of pointers to data planes
* @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
* @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
* @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
*/
int av_samples_copy(uint8_t** dst, uint8_t* const* src, int dst_offset,
int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Fill an audio buffer with silence.
*
* @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
* @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
* @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
*/
int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t** audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */

118
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/version.h Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Libavutil version macros
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
#include "macros.h"
/**
* @addtogroup version_utils
*
* Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
* backward compatibility.
*
* The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
* Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
* The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
* and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
* Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
*
* Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
* avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
* Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
* a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
* That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
* for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
* point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
* versions.
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a) << 16 | (b) << 8 | (c))
#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a##.##b##.##c
#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
/**
* Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
* by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
*/
#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a)&0x00FF00) >> 8)
#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a)&0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
*
* Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
* which version of libavutil is in use.
*
* @{
*/
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 57
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 17
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT \
AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION \
AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
/**
* @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*
* @{
*/
#define FF_API_D2STR (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */

36
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/moz.build Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
# -*- Mode: python; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
# vim: set filetype=python:
# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
UNIFIED_SOURCES += [
"../FFmpegAudioDecoder.cpp",
"../FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp",
"../FFmpegDecoderModule.cpp",
"../FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp",
]
LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
"..",
"/media/mozva",
"include",
]
if CONFIG["CC_TYPE"] in ("clang", "gcc"):
CXXFLAGS += ["-Wno-deprecated-declarations"]
if CONFIG["CC_TYPE"] == "clang":
CXXFLAGS += [
"-Wno-unknown-attributes",
]
if CONFIG["CC_TYPE"] == "gcc":
CXXFLAGS += [
"-Wno-attributes",
]
if CONFIG["MOZ_WAYLAND"]:
CXXFLAGS += CONFIG["MOZ_GTK3_CFLAGS"]
DEFINES["MOZ_WAYLAND_USE_VAAPI"] = 1
USE_LIBS += ["mozva"]
include("/ipc/chromium/chromium-config.mozbuild")
FINAL_LIBRARY = "xul"

1
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build
Просмотреть файл

@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ DIRS += [
"libav55",
"ffmpeg57",
"ffmpeg58",
"ffmpeg59",
]
UNIFIED_SOURCES += [

1
tools/rewriting/ThirdPartyPaths.txt
Просмотреть файл

@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ dom/media/gmp/widevine-adapter/content_decryption_module.h
dom/media/gmp/widevine-adapter/content_decryption_module_proxy.h
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg57/
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/libav53/
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/libav54/
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/libav55/